ee2254 lica qb
DESCRIPTION
EE2254 - Question bank for Linear Integrated circuits and applicationsTRANSCRIPT
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
EE2254
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND
APPLICATIONS
QUESTION BANK
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
EE2254 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND APPLICATIONS
UNIT I IC FABRICATION
SYLLABUS IC classification fundamental of monolithic IC technology epitaxial growth
masking and etching diffusion of impurities Realisation of monolithic ICs and packaging Fabrication of diodescapacitance resistance and FETs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Define an Integrated circuit
An integrated circuit(IC) is a miniature low cost electronic circuit consisting of active and
passive components fabricated together on a single crystal of silicon The active components are
transistors and diodes and passive components are resistors and capacitors
2 Mention the advantages of integrated circuits
Miniaturisation and hence increased equipment density
Cost reduction due to batch processing
Increased system reliability due to the elimination of soldered joints
Improved functional performance
Matched devices
Increased operating speeds
Reduction in power consumption
3 Write down the various processes used to fabricate ICrsquos using silicon planar technology
Silicon wafer preparation
Epitaxial growth
Oxidation
Photolithography
Diffusion
Ion implantation
Isolation
Metallisation
Assembly processing and packaging
4 List out the steps used in the preparation of Si ndash wafers
bullCrystal growth ampdoping
bullIngot trimming amp grinding
bullIngot slicing
bullWafer policing amp etching
bullWafer cleaning
5 What is the purpose of oxidation
SiO2 is an extremely hard protective coating and is unaffected by almost all
reagents
By selective etching of SiO2 diffusion of impurities through carefully defined
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
windows can be accomplished to fabricate various components
6 Why aluminum is preferred for metallization
bullIt is a good conductor
bullIt is easy to deposit aluminum films using vacuum deposition
bullIt makes good mechanical bonds with silicon
bullIt forms a low resistance contact
7 What are the popular IC packages available
bullMetal can package
bullDual-in-line package
bullCeramic flat package
8 Write the basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon
The basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon is the
hydrogen reduction of silicon tetrachloride
12000C
SiCl4+2H2lt-------gt Si + 4 HCl
9 Explain the process of oxidation
The silicon wafers are stacked up in a quartz boat amp then inserted into quartz furnace tube The
Si wafers are raised to a high temperature in the range of 950 to 1150oC amp at the same time
exposed to a gas containing O2 or H2O or bothThe chemical action is
Si + 2H2O --gt Si O2+ 2H2
10 What is meant by molecular beam epitaxy(MBE)
In the molecular beam epitaxy silicon along with dopants is evaporatedThe evaporated species
are transported at a relatively high velocity in a vacuum to the substrateThe relatively low
vapour pressure of silicon amp the dopants ensures condensation on a low temperature
substrateUsually silicon MBE is performed under ultra high vacuum (UHV) condition of 10-8
to
10-10
Torr
11 Enumerate the advantages of Molecular Beam Epitaxy( MBE )
( i ) It is a low temperature process useful for VLSI This minimizes auto diffusion amp auto
doping
( ii ) It allows precise control of dopingamp permits complicated profiles to be generated
( iii )Linear doping profile desirable for varactor diode in FM can be obtained with MBE
( iv )Wider choice of dopants can be used
12 Explain the term parasitic capacitance
In electrical circuits parasitic capacitance or stray capacitance or when relevant self-
capacitance (of an inductor) is an unavoidable and usually unwanted capacitance that exists
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
between the parts of an electronic component or circuit simply because of their proximity to each
other All actual circuit elements such as inductors diodes and transistors have internal
capacitance which can cause their behavior to depart from that of ideal circuit elements
13 What are oxidation induced defects in semi conductor
1Stacking faults
2Oxide isolation defects
Stacking faults
Structural defects in the silicon lattice is called oxidation induced stacking faultsThe growth of
stacking faults is a strong function of substrate orientation conductivity type amp defect nuclei
presentThe
stacking faults formation can be suppressed by the addition of HCl
Oxide isolation defects
The stress along the edges of an oxidised area produce severe damage in the silicon Such
defects results in increased leakage in nearby devicesHigh temperatures (around 950oC ) will
prevent
stress induced defect formation
14 Elaborate on birdrsquos beak
In local oxidation process the oxidation of silicon proceeds slightly under the nitride as well
Also a large mismatch in the thermal expansion co-efficients of Si3N4 amp Silicon results in
damage to the semi conductor during local oxidationThis damage can be graetly reduced
by growing a thin layer of SiO2 prior to placement of the Si3N4 mask Typically 100 to 200Ao
is used for this puspose Unfortunately this greatly enhances the penetration of oxide under the
nitride masked regions resulting in oxide configurations called birdrsquos beak
15 What is lithography
Lithography is a process bywhich the pattern appearing on the mask is transfered to the waferIt
involves two steps the first step requires applying a few drops of photoresist to the surface of the
wafer amp
the second step is spinning the surface to get an even coating of the photoresist across the surface
of the
wafer
16 What are the different types of lithography What is optical lithography
The different types of lithography are
1Photolithography
2Electron beam lithography
3X ray beam lithography
4Ion beam lithography
Optical lithography
Optical lithography comprises the formation images with visible or UV radiation in a photoresist
using contact proximity or projection printing
17 List down the two processes involved in photolithography
a) Making a photographic mask
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
b) Photo etching
The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its
reduction
decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers
Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities
can be
diffused
18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching
SNo Dry etching Wet etching
1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical
reagent
Chemical reagents used are in the
liquid form
2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry
etching
Line openings are larger (gt1microm)
3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting
19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching
The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation
of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and
reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed
to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed
or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the
technique is known as reactive plasma etching
20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching
process
Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a
dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns
21 Define diffusion
The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion
The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range
of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher
concentrations to lower concentrations
22 What is the significance of using buried layer
The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the
collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk
silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies
23 Describe about dielectric isolation
In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each
components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric
layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to
fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24What is metallization
The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the
various components on the chip is called metallization
25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique
1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser
tendency for lateral spreading
2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven
whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically
controlled from outside
26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs
SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs
1 All circuit components (both active and
passive) and their interconnections are formed
into or on the top of a single chip of silicon
In hybrid circuits separate component
parts are attached to a ceramic substrate
and interconnected by means of either
metallization pattern or wire bonds
2 The components are mounted on the surface of
a single piece crystal semiconductor material
which is usually silicon based
Here the components are bonded to a
substrate or printed circuit board
3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs
4 Small range of values of passive components
used in the ICs
Any range of components can be
included
5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy
6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size
7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications
where identical circuits are required in very
large quantities and hence provides lowest
per-unit cost and highest order of reliability
This technology is more adaptable
to small quantity custom circuits
27 What is meant by ion implantation
Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon
This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that
these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions
with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the
dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which
is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source
28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate
When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results
in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces
the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing
contact spiking
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-
gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster
switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage
16 MARKS
1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology
2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit
3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures
4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance
5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC
package
(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits
6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams
(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes
7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques
(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication
8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography
9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches
(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC
10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits
11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset
voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier
frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and
integrator
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is OPAMP
An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more
differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device
that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing
mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp
differentiation
2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741
3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP
1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity
2 Input impedance is infinity
3 Output impedance is zero
4 Bandwidth is infinity
5 Zero offset
6 Infinite bandwidth
7 Infinite CMRR
8 Infinite slew rate
9 Infinite PSRR
4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics
i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible
ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero
5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
EE2254 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND APPLICATIONS
UNIT I IC FABRICATION
SYLLABUS IC classification fundamental of monolithic IC technology epitaxial growth
masking and etching diffusion of impurities Realisation of monolithic ICs and packaging Fabrication of diodescapacitance resistance and FETs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Define an Integrated circuit
An integrated circuit(IC) is a miniature low cost electronic circuit consisting of active and
passive components fabricated together on a single crystal of silicon The active components are
transistors and diodes and passive components are resistors and capacitors
2 Mention the advantages of integrated circuits
Miniaturisation and hence increased equipment density
Cost reduction due to batch processing
Increased system reliability due to the elimination of soldered joints
Improved functional performance
Matched devices
Increased operating speeds
Reduction in power consumption
3 Write down the various processes used to fabricate ICrsquos using silicon planar technology
Silicon wafer preparation
Epitaxial growth
Oxidation
Photolithography
Diffusion
Ion implantation
Isolation
Metallisation
Assembly processing and packaging
4 List out the steps used in the preparation of Si ndash wafers
bullCrystal growth ampdoping
bullIngot trimming amp grinding
bullIngot slicing
bullWafer policing amp etching
bullWafer cleaning
5 What is the purpose of oxidation
SiO2 is an extremely hard protective coating and is unaffected by almost all
reagents
By selective etching of SiO2 diffusion of impurities through carefully defined
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
windows can be accomplished to fabricate various components
6 Why aluminum is preferred for metallization
bullIt is a good conductor
bullIt is easy to deposit aluminum films using vacuum deposition
bullIt makes good mechanical bonds with silicon
bullIt forms a low resistance contact
7 What are the popular IC packages available
bullMetal can package
bullDual-in-line package
bullCeramic flat package
8 Write the basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon
The basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon is the
hydrogen reduction of silicon tetrachloride
12000C
SiCl4+2H2lt-------gt Si + 4 HCl
9 Explain the process of oxidation
The silicon wafers are stacked up in a quartz boat amp then inserted into quartz furnace tube The
Si wafers are raised to a high temperature in the range of 950 to 1150oC amp at the same time
exposed to a gas containing O2 or H2O or bothThe chemical action is
Si + 2H2O --gt Si O2+ 2H2
10 What is meant by molecular beam epitaxy(MBE)
In the molecular beam epitaxy silicon along with dopants is evaporatedThe evaporated species
are transported at a relatively high velocity in a vacuum to the substrateThe relatively low
vapour pressure of silicon amp the dopants ensures condensation on a low temperature
substrateUsually silicon MBE is performed under ultra high vacuum (UHV) condition of 10-8
to
10-10
Torr
11 Enumerate the advantages of Molecular Beam Epitaxy( MBE )
( i ) It is a low temperature process useful for VLSI This minimizes auto diffusion amp auto
doping
( ii ) It allows precise control of dopingamp permits complicated profiles to be generated
( iii )Linear doping profile desirable for varactor diode in FM can be obtained with MBE
( iv )Wider choice of dopants can be used
12 Explain the term parasitic capacitance
In electrical circuits parasitic capacitance or stray capacitance or when relevant self-
capacitance (of an inductor) is an unavoidable and usually unwanted capacitance that exists
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
between the parts of an electronic component or circuit simply because of their proximity to each
other All actual circuit elements such as inductors diodes and transistors have internal
capacitance which can cause their behavior to depart from that of ideal circuit elements
13 What are oxidation induced defects in semi conductor
1Stacking faults
2Oxide isolation defects
Stacking faults
Structural defects in the silicon lattice is called oxidation induced stacking faultsThe growth of
stacking faults is a strong function of substrate orientation conductivity type amp defect nuclei
presentThe
stacking faults formation can be suppressed by the addition of HCl
Oxide isolation defects
The stress along the edges of an oxidised area produce severe damage in the silicon Such
defects results in increased leakage in nearby devicesHigh temperatures (around 950oC ) will
prevent
stress induced defect formation
14 Elaborate on birdrsquos beak
In local oxidation process the oxidation of silicon proceeds slightly under the nitride as well
Also a large mismatch in the thermal expansion co-efficients of Si3N4 amp Silicon results in
damage to the semi conductor during local oxidationThis damage can be graetly reduced
by growing a thin layer of SiO2 prior to placement of the Si3N4 mask Typically 100 to 200Ao
is used for this puspose Unfortunately this greatly enhances the penetration of oxide under the
nitride masked regions resulting in oxide configurations called birdrsquos beak
15 What is lithography
Lithography is a process bywhich the pattern appearing on the mask is transfered to the waferIt
involves two steps the first step requires applying a few drops of photoresist to the surface of the
wafer amp
the second step is spinning the surface to get an even coating of the photoresist across the surface
of the
wafer
16 What are the different types of lithography What is optical lithography
The different types of lithography are
1Photolithography
2Electron beam lithography
3X ray beam lithography
4Ion beam lithography
Optical lithography
Optical lithography comprises the formation images with visible or UV radiation in a photoresist
using contact proximity or projection printing
17 List down the two processes involved in photolithography
a) Making a photographic mask
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
b) Photo etching
The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its
reduction
decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers
Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities
can be
diffused
18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching
SNo Dry etching Wet etching
1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical
reagent
Chemical reagents used are in the
liquid form
2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry
etching
Line openings are larger (gt1microm)
3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting
19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching
The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation
of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and
reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed
to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed
or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the
technique is known as reactive plasma etching
20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching
process
Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a
dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns
21 Define diffusion
The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion
The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range
of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher
concentrations to lower concentrations
22 What is the significance of using buried layer
The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the
collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk
silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies
23 Describe about dielectric isolation
In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each
components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric
layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to
fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24What is metallization
The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the
various components on the chip is called metallization
25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique
1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser
tendency for lateral spreading
2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven
whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically
controlled from outside
26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs
SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs
1 All circuit components (both active and
passive) and their interconnections are formed
into or on the top of a single chip of silicon
In hybrid circuits separate component
parts are attached to a ceramic substrate
and interconnected by means of either
metallization pattern or wire bonds
2 The components are mounted on the surface of
a single piece crystal semiconductor material
which is usually silicon based
Here the components are bonded to a
substrate or printed circuit board
3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs
4 Small range of values of passive components
used in the ICs
Any range of components can be
included
5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy
6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size
7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications
where identical circuits are required in very
large quantities and hence provides lowest
per-unit cost and highest order of reliability
This technology is more adaptable
to small quantity custom circuits
27 What is meant by ion implantation
Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon
This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that
these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions
with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the
dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which
is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source
28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate
When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results
in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces
the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing
contact spiking
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-
gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster
switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage
16 MARKS
1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology
2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit
3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures
4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance
5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC
package
(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits
6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams
(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes
7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques
(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication
8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography
9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches
(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC
10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits
11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset
voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier
frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and
integrator
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is OPAMP
An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more
differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device
that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing
mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp
differentiation
2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741
3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP
1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity
2 Input impedance is infinity
3 Output impedance is zero
4 Bandwidth is infinity
5 Zero offset
6 Infinite bandwidth
7 Infinite CMRR
8 Infinite slew rate
9 Infinite PSRR
4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics
i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible
ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero
5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
windows can be accomplished to fabricate various components
6 Why aluminum is preferred for metallization
bullIt is a good conductor
bullIt is easy to deposit aluminum films using vacuum deposition
bullIt makes good mechanical bonds with silicon
bullIt forms a low resistance contact
7 What are the popular IC packages available
bullMetal can package
bullDual-in-line package
bullCeramic flat package
8 Write the basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon
The basic chemical reaction in the epitaxial growth process of pure silicon is the
hydrogen reduction of silicon tetrachloride
12000C
SiCl4+2H2lt-------gt Si + 4 HCl
9 Explain the process of oxidation
The silicon wafers are stacked up in a quartz boat amp then inserted into quartz furnace tube The
Si wafers are raised to a high temperature in the range of 950 to 1150oC amp at the same time
exposed to a gas containing O2 or H2O or bothThe chemical action is
Si + 2H2O --gt Si O2+ 2H2
10 What is meant by molecular beam epitaxy(MBE)
In the molecular beam epitaxy silicon along with dopants is evaporatedThe evaporated species
are transported at a relatively high velocity in a vacuum to the substrateThe relatively low
vapour pressure of silicon amp the dopants ensures condensation on a low temperature
substrateUsually silicon MBE is performed under ultra high vacuum (UHV) condition of 10-8
to
10-10
Torr
11 Enumerate the advantages of Molecular Beam Epitaxy( MBE )
( i ) It is a low temperature process useful for VLSI This minimizes auto diffusion amp auto
doping
( ii ) It allows precise control of dopingamp permits complicated profiles to be generated
( iii )Linear doping profile desirable for varactor diode in FM can be obtained with MBE
( iv )Wider choice of dopants can be used
12 Explain the term parasitic capacitance
In electrical circuits parasitic capacitance or stray capacitance or when relevant self-
capacitance (of an inductor) is an unavoidable and usually unwanted capacitance that exists
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
between the parts of an electronic component or circuit simply because of their proximity to each
other All actual circuit elements such as inductors diodes and transistors have internal
capacitance which can cause their behavior to depart from that of ideal circuit elements
13 What are oxidation induced defects in semi conductor
1Stacking faults
2Oxide isolation defects
Stacking faults
Structural defects in the silicon lattice is called oxidation induced stacking faultsThe growth of
stacking faults is a strong function of substrate orientation conductivity type amp defect nuclei
presentThe
stacking faults formation can be suppressed by the addition of HCl
Oxide isolation defects
The stress along the edges of an oxidised area produce severe damage in the silicon Such
defects results in increased leakage in nearby devicesHigh temperatures (around 950oC ) will
prevent
stress induced defect formation
14 Elaborate on birdrsquos beak
In local oxidation process the oxidation of silicon proceeds slightly under the nitride as well
Also a large mismatch in the thermal expansion co-efficients of Si3N4 amp Silicon results in
damage to the semi conductor during local oxidationThis damage can be graetly reduced
by growing a thin layer of SiO2 prior to placement of the Si3N4 mask Typically 100 to 200Ao
is used for this puspose Unfortunately this greatly enhances the penetration of oxide under the
nitride masked regions resulting in oxide configurations called birdrsquos beak
15 What is lithography
Lithography is a process bywhich the pattern appearing on the mask is transfered to the waferIt
involves two steps the first step requires applying a few drops of photoresist to the surface of the
wafer amp
the second step is spinning the surface to get an even coating of the photoresist across the surface
of the
wafer
16 What are the different types of lithography What is optical lithography
The different types of lithography are
1Photolithography
2Electron beam lithography
3X ray beam lithography
4Ion beam lithography
Optical lithography
Optical lithography comprises the formation images with visible or UV radiation in a photoresist
using contact proximity or projection printing
17 List down the two processes involved in photolithography
a) Making a photographic mask
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
b) Photo etching
The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its
reduction
decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers
Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities
can be
diffused
18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching
SNo Dry etching Wet etching
1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical
reagent
Chemical reagents used are in the
liquid form
2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry
etching
Line openings are larger (gt1microm)
3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting
19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching
The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation
of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and
reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed
to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed
or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the
technique is known as reactive plasma etching
20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching
process
Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a
dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns
21 Define diffusion
The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion
The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range
of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher
concentrations to lower concentrations
22 What is the significance of using buried layer
The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the
collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk
silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies
23 Describe about dielectric isolation
In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each
components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric
layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to
fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24What is metallization
The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the
various components on the chip is called metallization
25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique
1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser
tendency for lateral spreading
2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven
whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically
controlled from outside
26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs
SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs
1 All circuit components (both active and
passive) and their interconnections are formed
into or on the top of a single chip of silicon
In hybrid circuits separate component
parts are attached to a ceramic substrate
and interconnected by means of either
metallization pattern or wire bonds
2 The components are mounted on the surface of
a single piece crystal semiconductor material
which is usually silicon based
Here the components are bonded to a
substrate or printed circuit board
3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs
4 Small range of values of passive components
used in the ICs
Any range of components can be
included
5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy
6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size
7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications
where identical circuits are required in very
large quantities and hence provides lowest
per-unit cost and highest order of reliability
This technology is more adaptable
to small quantity custom circuits
27 What is meant by ion implantation
Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon
This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that
these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions
with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the
dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which
is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source
28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate
When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results
in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces
the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing
contact spiking
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-
gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster
switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage
16 MARKS
1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology
2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit
3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures
4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance
5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC
package
(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits
6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams
(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes
7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques
(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication
8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography
9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches
(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC
10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits
11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset
voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier
frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and
integrator
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is OPAMP
An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more
differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device
that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing
mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp
differentiation
2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741
3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP
1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity
2 Input impedance is infinity
3 Output impedance is zero
4 Bandwidth is infinity
5 Zero offset
6 Infinite bandwidth
7 Infinite CMRR
8 Infinite slew rate
9 Infinite PSRR
4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics
i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible
ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero
5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
between the parts of an electronic component or circuit simply because of their proximity to each
other All actual circuit elements such as inductors diodes and transistors have internal
capacitance which can cause their behavior to depart from that of ideal circuit elements
13 What are oxidation induced defects in semi conductor
1Stacking faults
2Oxide isolation defects
Stacking faults
Structural defects in the silicon lattice is called oxidation induced stacking faultsThe growth of
stacking faults is a strong function of substrate orientation conductivity type amp defect nuclei
presentThe
stacking faults formation can be suppressed by the addition of HCl
Oxide isolation defects
The stress along the edges of an oxidised area produce severe damage in the silicon Such
defects results in increased leakage in nearby devicesHigh temperatures (around 950oC ) will
prevent
stress induced defect formation
14 Elaborate on birdrsquos beak
In local oxidation process the oxidation of silicon proceeds slightly under the nitride as well
Also a large mismatch in the thermal expansion co-efficients of Si3N4 amp Silicon results in
damage to the semi conductor during local oxidationThis damage can be graetly reduced
by growing a thin layer of SiO2 prior to placement of the Si3N4 mask Typically 100 to 200Ao
is used for this puspose Unfortunately this greatly enhances the penetration of oxide under the
nitride masked regions resulting in oxide configurations called birdrsquos beak
15 What is lithography
Lithography is a process bywhich the pattern appearing on the mask is transfered to the waferIt
involves two steps the first step requires applying a few drops of photoresist to the surface of the
wafer amp
the second step is spinning the surface to get an even coating of the photoresist across the surface
of the
wafer
16 What are the different types of lithography What is optical lithography
The different types of lithography are
1Photolithography
2Electron beam lithography
3X ray beam lithography
4Ion beam lithography
Optical lithography
Optical lithography comprises the formation images with visible or UV radiation in a photoresist
using contact proximity or projection printing
17 List down the two processes involved in photolithography
a) Making a photographic mask
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
b) Photo etching
The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its
reduction
decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers
Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities
can be
diffused
18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching
SNo Dry etching Wet etching
1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical
reagent
Chemical reagents used are in the
liquid form
2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry
etching
Line openings are larger (gt1microm)
3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting
19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching
The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation
of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and
reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed
to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed
or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the
technique is known as reactive plasma etching
20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching
process
Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a
dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns
21 Define diffusion
The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion
The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range
of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher
concentrations to lower concentrations
22 What is the significance of using buried layer
The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the
collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk
silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies
23 Describe about dielectric isolation
In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each
components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric
layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to
fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24What is metallization
The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the
various components on the chip is called metallization
25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique
1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser
tendency for lateral spreading
2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven
whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically
controlled from outside
26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs
SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs
1 All circuit components (both active and
passive) and their interconnections are formed
into or on the top of a single chip of silicon
In hybrid circuits separate component
parts are attached to a ceramic substrate
and interconnected by means of either
metallization pattern or wire bonds
2 The components are mounted on the surface of
a single piece crystal semiconductor material
which is usually silicon based
Here the components are bonded to a
substrate or printed circuit board
3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs
4 Small range of values of passive components
used in the ICs
Any range of components can be
included
5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy
6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size
7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications
where identical circuits are required in very
large quantities and hence provides lowest
per-unit cost and highest order of reliability
This technology is more adaptable
to small quantity custom circuits
27 What is meant by ion implantation
Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon
This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that
these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions
with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the
dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which
is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source
28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate
When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results
in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces
the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing
contact spiking
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-
gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster
switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage
16 MARKS
1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology
2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit
3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures
4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance
5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC
package
(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits
6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams
(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes
7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques
(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication
8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography
9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches
(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC
10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits
11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset
voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier
frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and
integrator
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is OPAMP
An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more
differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device
that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing
mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp
differentiation
2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741
3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP
1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity
2 Input impedance is infinity
3 Output impedance is zero
4 Bandwidth is infinity
5 Zero offset
6 Infinite bandwidth
7 Infinite CMRR
8 Infinite slew rate
9 Infinite PSRR
4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics
i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible
ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero
5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
b) Photo etching
The development of photographic mask involves the preparation of initial artwork and its
reduction
decomposition of initial artwork or layout into several mask layers
Photo etching is used for the removal of SiO2 from desired regions so that the desired impurities
can be
diffused
18 Distinguish between dry etching amp wet etching
SNo Dry etching Wet etching
1 Gaseous mixture is used as the chemical
reagent
Chemical reagents used are in the
liquid form
2 Smaller line openings(le1microm) possible with dry
etching
Line openings are larger (gt1microm)
3 It produces straight walled etching process It produces patterns with undercutting
19 Give an account of reactive plasma etching
The term reactive plasma is meant to describe a discharge in which ionization amp fragmentation
of gases takes placeamp produce chemically active plasma species frequently oxidizers and
reducing agents Such plasmas are reactive both in the gas phase amp with solid surfaces exposed
to them When these interactions are used to form volatile products so that material is removed
or etching of material form surfaces that are not masked to form lithographic patterns the
technique is known as reactive plasma etching
20 What makes isotropic etching process different from that of anisotropic etching
process
Isotropic etching is a wet etching process which involves undercutting Anisotropic etching is a
dry etching process which provides straight walled patterns
21 Define diffusion
The process of introducing impurities into selected regions of a silicon wafer is called diffusion
The rate at which various impurities diffuse into the silicon will be of the order of 1 micromhr range
of 900oC to 1100oC The impurity atoms have the tendency to move from regions of higher
concentrations to lower concentrations
22 What is the significance of using buried layer
The buried layer is for increasing the conductivity of the path the charges take to reach the
collector terminalBuried layers are used in bipolar devices to lower collector resistance in bulk
silicon and SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technologies
23 Describe about dielectric isolation
In dielectric isolation a layer of solid dielectric such as SiO2 or ruby completely surrounds each
components thereby producing isolation both electrical amp physical This isolating dielectric
layer is thick enough so that its associated capacitance is negligible Also it is possible to
fabricate both pnp amp npn transistors within the same silicon substrate
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24What is metallization
The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the
various components on the chip is called metallization
25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique
1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser
tendency for lateral spreading
2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven
whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically
controlled from outside
26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs
SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs
1 All circuit components (both active and
passive) and their interconnections are formed
into or on the top of a single chip of silicon
In hybrid circuits separate component
parts are attached to a ceramic substrate
and interconnected by means of either
metallization pattern or wire bonds
2 The components are mounted on the surface of
a single piece crystal semiconductor material
which is usually silicon based
Here the components are bonded to a
substrate or printed circuit board
3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs
4 Small range of values of passive components
used in the ICs
Any range of components can be
included
5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy
6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size
7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications
where identical circuits are required in very
large quantities and hence provides lowest
per-unit cost and highest order of reliability
This technology is more adaptable
to small quantity custom circuits
27 What is meant by ion implantation
Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon
This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that
these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions
with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the
dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which
is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source
28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate
When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results
in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces
the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing
contact spiking
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-
gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster
switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage
16 MARKS
1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology
2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit
3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures
4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance
5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC
package
(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits
6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams
(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes
7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques
(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication
8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography
9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches
(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC
10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits
11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset
voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier
frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and
integrator
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is OPAMP
An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more
differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device
that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing
mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp
differentiation
2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741
3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP
1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity
2 Input impedance is infinity
3 Output impedance is zero
4 Bandwidth is infinity
5 Zero offset
6 Infinite bandwidth
7 Infinite CMRR
8 Infinite slew rate
9 Infinite PSRR
4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics
i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible
ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero
5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24What is metallization
The process of producing a thin metal film layer that will serve to make interconnection of the
various components on the chip is called metallization
25 Bring out the advantages of ion implantation technique
1 It is performed at low temperature Therefore previously diffused regions have a lesser
tendency for lateral spreading
2 In diffusion process temperature has to be controlled over a large area inside the oven
whereas in ion implantation process accelerating potential amp beam content are dielectrically
controlled from outside
26 Compare monolithic and hybrid ICs
SNo Monolithic ICs Hybrid ICs
1 All circuit components (both active and
passive) and their interconnections are formed
into or on the top of a single chip of silicon
In hybrid circuits separate component
parts are attached to a ceramic substrate
and interconnected by means of either
metallization pattern or wire bonds
2 The components are mounted on the surface of
a single piece crystal semiconductor material
which is usually silicon based
Here the components are bonded to a
substrate or printed circuit board
3 No possibility of fabrication of inductors Inductors can be included in hybrid ICs
4 Small range of values of passive components
used in the ICs
Any range of components can be
included
5 No encapsulation Encapsulated by epoxy
6 Smaller in size Comparitively larger in size
7 The monolithic circuit is ideal for applications
where identical circuits are required in very
large quantities and hence provides lowest
per-unit cost and highest order of reliability
This technology is more adaptable
to small quantity custom circuits
27 What is meant by ion implantation
Ion implantation is the dominant technique to introduce dopant impurities into crystalline silicon
This is performed with an electric field which accelerates the ionized atoms or molecules so that
these particles penetrate into the target material until they come to rest because of interactions
with the silicon atoms Ion implantation is able to control exactly the distribution and dose of the
dopants in silicon because the penetration depth depends on the kinetic energy of the ions which
is proportional to the electric field The dopant dose can be controlled by varying the ion source
28 What are the advantages of polysilicon gate MOSFET over aluminium gate
When aluminum gate is used excess surface state charges and mobile ion contamination results
in threshold variation Excessive overlap capacitance is created and parasitic capacitance reduces
the switching speed When Aluminum is used as gate material it can erode completely causing
contact spiking
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-
gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster
switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage
16 MARKS
1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology
2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit
3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures
4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance
5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC
package
(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits
6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams
(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes
7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques
(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication
8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography
9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches
(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC
10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits
11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset
voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier
frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and
integrator
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is OPAMP
An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more
differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device
that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing
mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp
differentiation
2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741
3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP
1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity
2 Input impedance is infinity
3 Output impedance is zero
4 Bandwidth is infinity
5 Zero offset
6 Infinite bandwidth
7 Infinite CMRR
8 Infinite slew rate
9 Infinite PSRR
4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics
i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible
ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero
5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Poly-silicon reduces surface state density and improve threshold voltage control Polysilicon-
gate can be doped with phosphorus to minimize mobile ion contamination resulting in faster
switching speeds and better control of threshold voltage
16 MARKS
1Explain in detail the fabrication of ICs using silicon planar technology
2Explain the various methods of fabricating transistor in monolithic integrated circuit
3Describe the process involved in the fabrication of capacitor and transistor with suitable figures
4 Discuss the various methods of fabricating IC resistors and compare their performance
5 (i) Briefly explain the various types of IC packages Mention the criteria for selecting an IC
package
(ii) Write short notes on classification of integrated circuits
6 (i) Explain the process of epitaxial growth with neat diagrams
(ii) With neat sketches explain the fabrication of diodes
7 (i)Explain the different isolation techniques
(ii) Describe in detail about the diffusion process in IC fabrication
8 With neat sketches describe the process of epitaxial growth and photolithography
9 (i) Explain the process of masking and etching in the IC fabrication with neat sketches
(ii) Explain how monolithic IC is different from Hybrid IC
10 Explain in detail the fabrication process of passive component in integrated circuits
11 With necessary diagrams explain the fabrication of MOSFET
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset
voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier
frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and
integrator
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is OPAMP
An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more
differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device
that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing
mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp
differentiation
2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741
3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP
1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity
2 Input impedance is infinity
3 Output impedance is zero
4 Bandwidth is infinity
5 Zero offset
6 Infinite bandwidth
7 Infinite CMRR
8 Infinite slew rate
9 Infinite PSRR
4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics
i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible
ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero
5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT II CHARACTERISTICS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Ideal OP-AMP characteristics DC characteristics AC characteristics offset
voltage and currentvoltage series feedback and shunt feedback amplifiers differential amplifier
frequency response of OP-AMP Basic applications of op-amp ndash summer differentiator and
integrator
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is OPAMP
An operational amplifier is a direct coupled high gain amplifier consisting of one or more
differential amplifiers followed by a level translator and an output stageIt is a versatile device
that can be used to amplify ac as well as dc input signals amp designed for computing
mathamatical functions such as addition subtraction multiplication integration amp
differentiation
2 Draw the pin configuration of IC741
3 List out the ideal characteristics of OPAMP
1 Open loop voltage gain is infinity
2 Input impedance is infinity
3 Output impedance is zero
4 Bandwidth is infinity
5 Zero offset
6 Infinite bandwidth
7 Infinite CMRR
8 Infinite slew rate
9 Infinite PSRR
4 What do you infer from ideal opamp characteristics
i)The current drawn by either of the input terminals(non- invertinginverting) is negligible
ii)The potential difference between the inverting amp non-inverting input terminals is zero
5 Draw the equivalent circuit of op-amp and its voltage transfer characteristics
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Equivalent circuit of op-amp
Voltage transfer curve of op-amp
6 Why open loop op-amp configurations is not used in linear applications a The open loop gain of the op-amp is very high Hence a very small input signal will drive the
output to saturation This results in distortion Therefore only the smaller signals having low
frequency may be amplified accurately without distortion
b Open loop Voltage gain of the op-amp is not a constant voltage gain varies with changes in
temperature and power supply as well as mass production techniques This makes op-amp
unsuitable for many linear applications
7 Why negative feedback is used in op-amp
The open loop gain of op-amp is close to infinity Hence even a small signal at the input is able
to drive the output to saturation When negative feedback is used the gain is reduced and hence
the op-amp operates in linear region without saturation Negative feedback is the key to having a
self-stabilizing system This stability gives the op-amp the capacity to work in its linear (active)
mode as opposed to merely being saturated fully on or off as it was when used as a
comparator with no feedback at all
8 With respect to op-amp explain what is virtual ground A virtual ground is a ground which acts like a ground It may not have physical connection to
ground For an ideal op-amp the inverting and non-inverting terminals are at the same potentials
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The non-inverting input is grounded for the inverting amplifier circuit This means that the
inverting input of the op-amp is also at ground potential
9Mention some of the linear applications of op ndash amps
Adder subtractor voltage ndashto- current converter current ndashto- voltage converters instrumentation
amplifier analog computation power amplifier etc are some of the linear op-amp circuits
10 Mention some of the non ndash linear applications of op-amps-
Rectifier peak detector clipper clamper sample and hold circuit log amplifier anti ndashlog
amplifier multiplier are some of the non ndash linear op-amp circuits
11What happens when the common terminal of V+ and V- sources is not grounded
If the common point of the two supplies is not grounded twice the supply voltage will get
applied and it may damage the op-amp
12Define input offset voltage
A small voltage applied to the input terminals to make the output voltage as zero when the two
input terminals are grounded is called input offset voltage
13Define input offset current State the reasons for the offset currents at the input of the
op-amp
The difference between the bias currents at the input terminals of the op-amp is called as input
offset current The input terminals conduct a small value of dc current to bias the input
transistors Since the input transistors cannot be made identical there exists a difference in bias
currents
14Define thermal drift
The bias current offset current amp offset voltage is dependent on changes in temperature A
circuit carefully nulled at 25oC may not remain so when the temperature raises to 35
oCThis is
called thermal drift Often offset current drift is expressed in nA oC and offset voltage drift in
mV oC
15Define supply voltage rejection ratio(SVRR)
The change in OPAMPrsquos input offset voltage due to variations in supply voltage is called the
supply voltage rejection ratio It is also called Power Supply Rejection Ratio(PSRR) or Power
Supply Sensitivity(PSS)
16Define i) Input bias current iii) Input offset current of an op-amp
i) Input bias current
Input bias current IB is the average of the currents that flow into the inverting and non-inverting
input erminals of the op-amp
ie IB = (IB1+IB2)2
ii) Input offset current
The algebraic difference between the current into the inverting and non-inverting terminals is
referred to as input offset current Iio Mathematically it is represented as Iio = |IB - IB |
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Where
I B+is the current into the non-inverting input terminals
IB- is the current into the inverting input terminals
17Define CMRR of an op-amp
The relative sensitivity of an op-amp to a difference signal as compared to a common ndashmode
signal is called the common ndashmode rejection ratio It is expressed in decibels CMRR= AdAc
18 Define slew rate What causes slew rate
The slew rate is defined as the maximum rate of change of output voltage caused by a step input
voltage An ideal slew rate is infinite which means that op-amprsquos output voltage should change
instantaneously in response to input step voltage
There is a capacitor with-in or outside of an op-amp to prevent oscillation It is this capacitor
which prevents the output voltage from responding immediately to a fast changing input
19 Define Unity Gain Bandwidth of Op-amp
For a certain frequency of the input signal the gain of the Op-amp reduces to 0 dB Thismeans
20 log |AOL(f) | is 0dB ie |AOL(f) | = 1 Such a frequency is called gain cross overfrequency or
unity gain bandwidth (UGB)
20Why IC 741 is not used for high frequency applications
IC741 has a low slew rate because of the predominance of capacitance present in the circuit at
higher frequencies As frequency increases the output gets distorted due to limited slew rate
21In practical op-amps what is the effect of high frequency on its performance
The open-loop gain of op-amp decreases at higher frequencies due to the presence of parasitic
capacitance The closed-loop gain increases at higher frequencies and leads to instability
22What is the need for frequency compensation in practical op-amps
Frequency compensation is needed when large bandwidth and lower closed loop gain is desired
Compensating networks are used to control the phase shift and hence to improve the stability
23Mention the frequency compensation methods
Dominant-pole compensation
Pole-zero compensation
24What are the merits and demerits of Dominant-pole compensation
noise immunity of the system is improved
Open-loop bandwidth is reduced
25 Draw the voltage follower circuit of an OP-AMP
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
26 What are the limitations of an ideal active differentiator At high frequency differentiators may become unstable and break into oscillation The input
impedance ie (1ωC1) decreases with increase in frequency thereby making the circuit
sensitive to high frequency noise
27 Draw a subtractor using op-amp
If all the resistors in the above circuit are equal the circuit functions as a subtractor
28 Design an amplifier with a gain of -10 and input resistance of 10k
Since negative gain is required an inverting amplifier should be used
Gain of inverting amplifier = -RfR1= -10 (Given)
Given R1=10k
10 Rf =1k
29 Draw the circuit diagram of an integrator and give its output equation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
30 Classify the negative feedback configuration and draw the corresponding block
diagram
A closed loop amplifier can be represented by two blocks one for an OPAMP and other for a
feedback circuits There are four following ways to connect these blocks These connections are
classified according to whether the voltage or current is feedback to the input in series or in
parallel
Voltage ndash series feedback
Voltage ndash shunt feedback
Current ndash series feedback
Current ndash shunt feedback
These connections are shown in figure below
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 (i) Explain the functions of all the basic building blocks of Op-amp
(ii) Explain the application of op-amp as (i) Integrator (ii) Differentiator
2 Discuss about the methods of frequency compensation in opamp
3 Explain the operation of a basic differential amplifier
4 Obtain the frequency response of an open-loop op-amp
5 (i) With neat diagrams explain the types of feedback configurations available
(ii) Briefly explain summing amplifier and draw an adder circuit for the given expression
V0= V1+V2-V3-(V4+2)
6 (i) Explain the DC characteristics of op-amp with the help of neat diagrams
(ii)With neat circuit diagram and equations discuss the operation of summer and differentiator
using opamp
7 (i) Explain the AC characteristics of an operational amplifier
(ii) Sketch the basic circuit using op-amp to perform the mathematical operation of
differentiation and explain What are the limitations of an ordinary OP-AMP differentiator
Draw and explain the circuit of a practical differentiators that will eliminate these limitations
8 (i) Explain in detail the characteristic of an ideal opamp (8)
(ii) Draw the block diagram and equivalent circuit of op-ampExplain them (10)
9 (i) Explain the application of op amp as (1)summer (2)integrator (8)
(ii) Define and explain (1) slew rate (2) SVRR (4)
(iii) Explain the frequency response of op-amp (4)
10 What are the different open-loop configurations of op-amp Explain the differential amplifier
configuration
11 With the help of circuit diagram explain the operation of non-inverting and inverting
configuration of op-amp and derive expressions for voltage gain for each configuration
12 (i) Draw and explain the closed loop frequency response of op-amp
(ii) Elaborate on pole-zero compensation technique
13 Find the output voltage of the above circuit
14(i) Define and explain slew rate What is full power bandwidth Describe methods to improve
slewrate
(ii) Define output offset voltage Explain methods to nullify offset voltage
15 (i) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of the following circuits
(a) Voltage follower (b)Integrator
(ii) For the non inverting opamp shown in fig find the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF OPAMP
SYLLABUS Instrumentation amplifier first and second order active filters VI amp IV converters
comparatorsmultivibrators waveform generators clippers clampers peak detector SH circuit DA converter (R-2R ladder and weighted resistor types) AD converter - Dual slope successive approximation and flash types
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1What is the need for an instrumentation amplifier
In a number of industrial and consumer applications the measurement of physical quantities is
usually done with the help of transducers The output of transducer has to be amplified So that it
can drive the indicator or display system This function is performed by an instrumentation
amplifier
2List the features of instrumentation amplifier
o high gain accuracy
o high CMRR
o high gain stability with low temperature co-efficient
o low dc offset
o low output impedance
3 What is a comparator
A comparator is a circuit which compares a signal voltage applied at one input of an opamp with
a known reference voltage at the other input It is an open loop op - amp with output + Vsat or -
Vsat
4 What are the applications of comparator
Zero crossing detectors
Window detector
Time marker generator
Phase detector
5 What is a Schmitt trigger
Schmitt trigger is a regenerative comparator It converts sinusoidal input into a square wave
output The output of Schmitt trigger swings between upper and lower threshold voltages which
are the reference voltages of the input waveform
6 What is a multivibrator
Multivibrators are a group of regenerative circuits that are used extensively in timing
applications It is a wave shaping circuit which gives symmetric or asymmetric square output It
has two states either stable or quasi- stable depending on the type of multivibrator
7 What do you mean by monostable multivibrator
Monostable multivibrator is one which generates a single pulse of specified duration in
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
response to each external trigger signal It has only one stable state Application of a trigger
causes a change to the quasi-stable stateAn external trigger signal generated due to charging and
discharging of the capacitor produces the transition to the original stable state
8 Write a brief note on astable multivibrator
Astable multivibrator is a free running oscillator having two quasi-stable states Thus there are
oscillations between these two states and no external signal is required to produce the change in
state
9 What is a bistable multivibrator
Bistable multivibrator is one that maintains a given output voltage level unless an external
trigger is applied Application of an external trigger signal causes a change of state and this
output level is maintained indefinitely until an second trigger is applied Thus it requires two
external triggers before it returns to its initial state
10 What are the requirements for producing sustained oscillations in feedback circuits
For sustained oscillations
The total phase shift around the loop must be zero at the desired frequency of oscillation fo
ieL AB=00 or 360
0
At fo the magnitu
11Draw the circuit diagram of positive clipper
12 What is hysteresis with reference to Schmitt trigger circuit
In the non-inverting configuration when the input is higher than a certain chosen threshold the
output is high When the input is below a different (lower) chosen threshold the output is low
and when the input is between the two levels the output retains its value This dual threshold
action is called hysteresis and implies that the Schmitt trigger possesses memory and can act as a
bistable circuit (latch)
13 Differentiate between Schmitt trigger and comparator
SNo Comparator Schmitt trigger
1 Feedback is not used that is Op-amp is used
in open loop mode
Feedback is used that is Op-ampis used in
closed loop mode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
2 False triggering due to noise voltages is
possible
False triggering due to noise voltages is
not possible
3 A single reference voltage exists Two different threshold voltages exists as
VUT and VLT
4 No hysteresis exists Hysteresis exists with a width H=VUT -
VLT
14 What is a filter
Filter is a frequency selective circuit that passes signal of specified band of frequencies
andattenuates the signals of frequencies outside the band
15 What are the demerits of passive filters
Passive filters works well for high frequencies But at audio frequencies the inductorsbecome
problematic as they become large heavy and expensive For low frequencyapplications more
number of turns of wire must be used which in turn adds to the seriesresistance degrading
inductorrsquos performance ie low Q resulting in high power dissipation
16 What are the advantages of active filters
bull Active filters used op- amp as the active element and resistors and capacitors as
passiveelements
bull By enclosing a capacitor in the feed back loop inductor less active filters can be obtained
bull Op-amp used in non ndash inverting configuration offers high input impedance and low output
impedance thus improving the load drive capacity
17What are the different types of filters
Based on the components used Active filters and passive filters
Based on frequency responses Low pass filterHigh pass filterBand pass filterBand reject filter
Based on order of transfer function first second third higher order filters
Based on configuration Bessel Chebyshev Butterworth filters
18What is frequency scaling
Once the filter is designed sometimes it is necessary to change the value of cut-off frequency
The method used to change the original cut-off frequency to new cut-off frequency is called
frequency scaling
19Briefly describe a voltage follower
bull A circuit in which the output voltage follows the input voltage is called voltage followercircuit
bull In Op-amp if the inverting input and the output terminals are shorted and if any signal isapplied
at the non-inverting terminal it appears at the output without any change
bullIt is also called as source follower unity gain amplifier buffer amplifier or isolationamplifier
20 Describe about a bandpass filter
A bandpass filter is basically a frequency selector It allows one particular band of frequencies to
pass Thus the pass band is between the two cut-off frequencies fH and fL where fH gt fL Any
frequency outside this band gets attenuated
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
21Sketch the circuit diagram of first order active low pass filter
22 What is a notch filter and what is its application
A narrow band reject filter is called a notch filter and is used for rejection of a single frequency
such as 50Hz power line frequency
23 Classify the ADCs broadly
1 Direct type ADC
2 Integrating type ADC
24 Differentiate between direct ADC and integrating type ADC a) The integrating type of ADCrsquos do not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
b) It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
25 List out some integrating type converters
1 Charge balancing ADC
2 Dual slope ADC
26 What is integrating type converter
An ADC converter that perform conversion in an indirect manner by first changing the
analog IP signal to a linear function of time or frequency and then to a digital code is known as
integrating type AD converter
27List the main advantages of integrating type ADCs
i The integrating type of ADCrsquos doing not need a sampleHold circuit at the input
ii It is possible to transmit frequency even in noisy environment or in an isolated form
28 What are the types of ADC and DAC Types of ADC 1 Flash (comparator) type converter
2 Counter type converter
3 Tracking or servo converter
4 Successive approximation type converter
Types of DAC 1 Weighted resistor DAC
2 R-2R Ladder
3 Inverted R-2R Ladder
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
29 Explain in brief the principle of operation of successive Approximation ADC
The circuit of successive approximation ADC consists of a successive approximation
register (SAR) to find the required value of each bit by trial amp error With the arrival of START
command SAR sets the MSB bit to 1 The OP is converted into an analog signal amp it is
compared with IP signal This OP is low or High This process continues until all bits are
checked
30 Provide the advantages and disadvantages of flash type ADC Flash type ADC is the fastest as well as the most expensive
The disadvantage is the number of comparators needed almost doubles for each added bit (For a
n-bit convertor 2(n-1) comparators 2n resistors are required)
31Define conversion time
It is defined as the total time required converting an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit components
The conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1) Where T---
clock period Tc---conversion time n- no of bits
32 Define resolution of a data converter
The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment The
resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one-bit change at the
output
33 Explain in brief stability of a converter
The performance of converter changes with temperature age amp power supply variation So all the
relevant parameters such as offset gain linearity error amp monotonicity must be specified over
the full temperature amp power supply ranges to have better stability performances
34 What is meant by linearity
The linearity of an ADCDAC is an important measure of its accuracy amp tells us how close the
converter output is to its ideal transfer characteristics The linearity error is usually expressed as
a fraction of LSB increment or percentage of full-scale voltage A good converter exhibits a
linearity error of less than plusmnfrac12LSB
35 What is a sample and hold circuit Where it is used
A sample and hold circuit is one which samples an input signal and holds on to its last sampled
value until the input is sampled again This circuit is mainly used in digital interfacing analog to
digital systems and pulse code modulation systems
36 Explain the operation of basic sample and hold circuit A typical sample and hold circuit stores electric charge in a capacitor and contains at least one
fast FET switch and at least one operational amplifier To sample the input signal the switch
connects the capacitor to the output of a buffer amplifier The buffer amplifier charges or
discharges the capacitor so that the voltage across the capacitor is practically equal or
proportional to input voltage In hold mode the switch disconnects the capacitor from the buffer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
The capacitor is invariably discharged by its own leakage currents and useful load currents
which makes the circuit inherently volatile but the loss of voltage (voltage droop) within a
specified hold time remains within an acceptable error margin
37 Define start of conversion and end of conversion Start of Conversion in ADC (SOC) This is the control signal for start of conversion which
initiates AD conversion process
End of Conversion in ADC (EOC) This is the control signal which is activated when the
conversion is completed
38 Define sample period and hold period
The time during which the voltage across the capacitor in sample and hold circuit is equal to
the input voltage is called sample period The time period during which the voltage across the
capacitor is held constant is called hold period
39 Define the following performance parameters of DA converters
(a) Resolution (b)Accuracy (c) Monotonicity d) Conversion time
a) Resolution The resolution of a converter is the smallest change in voltage which may be produced at the
output or input of the converter
Resolution (in volts)= VFS2n-1=1 LSB increment
Example 8 bit DAC has 28-1 =255 equal intervals Hence the smallest change in output voltage
is (1255) of full scale output range
The resolution of an ADC is defined as the smallest change in analog input for a one bit change
at the output
Example The input range of 8 bit AD converter is divided into 255 intervals So the resolution
for 10V input range = 10V255 = 3922mV
b) Accuracy
Absolute accuracy It is the maximum deviation between the actual converter output amp the ideal converter output
Relative accuracy It is the maximum deviation after gain amp offset errors have been removed
The accuracy of a converter is also specified in form of LSB increments or of full scale
voltage
c) Monotonicity A monotonic DAC is one whose analog output increases for an increase in digital input A
monotonic characteristic is essential in control applications otherwise oscillations result
d) Conversion time It is defined as the total time required to convert an analog signal into its digital output It
depends on the conversion technique used amp the propagation delay of circuit componentsThe
conversion time of a successive approximation type ADC is given by T(n+1)
where T---clock period
Tc---conversion time n----no of bits
What is settling time
It represents the time it takes for the output to settle within a specified band plusmnfrac12LSB of itsfinal
value following a code change at the input (usually a full scale change) It depends uponthe
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
switching time of the logic circuitry due to internal parasitic capacitance amp inductancesSettling
time ranges from 100ns to 10micros depending on word length amp type circuit used
40 List the drawbacks of binary weighted resistor technique of DA conversion a) Wide range of resistor values needed
b) Difficulty in achieving and maintaining accurate ratios over a wide range of variations
41 The basic step of a 9 bit DAC is 103 mV If 000000000 represents 0Volts what is the
output for an input of 101101111 The output voltage for input of 101101111 is
= 103 mV (128+027+126+125+024+123+122+121+120)
= 103 10-3 367 = 378 V
42 What are the advantages and disadvantages of R-2R ladder DAC
Advantages a) Easier to build accurately as only two precision metal films are required
b) Number of bits can be expanded by adding more sections of same R2R values
Disadvantage In this type of DAC when there is a change in the input changes the current flow in the resistor
which causes more power dissipation which creates non-linearity in DAC
43 Which is the fastest AD converter and why
Flash type AD converter is the fastest ADC because the fast conversion speed isaccomplished
by providing 2n-1 comparators and simultaneously comparing the input signal with unique
reference levels spaced 1 LSB apart
44 What are the applications of V-I converter
bull Low voltage dc and ac voltmeter
bull L E D
bull Zener diode tester
45 What do you mean by a precision diode
The major limitation of ordinary diode is that it cannot rectify voltages below the cut ndash involtage
of the diode A circuit designed by placing a diode in the feedback loop of an op ndash ampis called
the precision diode and it is capable of rectifying input signals of the order of millivolt
46 Write down the applications of precision diode
bullHalf - wave rectifier
bullFull - Wave rectifier
bullPeak ndash value detector
bullClipper
bullClamper
47 Draw the circuit diagram of sample and hold circuit
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Design and explain triangular wave generator using Schmitt trigger and integrator circuit
2 (i) Explain the operation of dual slope ADC
(ii)Explain the following characteristics of ADC
(i)Resolution (ii) Accuracy (iii)Settling time (iv) Linearity
3 (i) Describe the first order lowpass butterworth filter Derive its frequency response and plot
the same
(ii) Design a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency if 1kHz and with a passband gain of 2
4 What is an instrumentation amplifier List its features Explain the operation of three op-amp
instrumentation amplifier and give its application
5 Explain the following applications of opamp (i)voltage to current converter (ii)Clamper
6 Explain the working of (i) Weighted resistor type DAC (ii) Dual slope type ADC
7 Discuss the operation of ladder network DAC with relevant circuit diagram and waveforms
8 Draw and explain the circuit of a voltage to current converter if the load is
(1) Floating
(2) Grounded
9 (i) Explain the working of OP-AMP based Schmitt trigger circuit (8)
(ii) Design an OP-AMP based second order active low pass filter with cut offfrequency 2 kHz
10 (i)draw an instrumentation amplifier using op amp and explain (6)
(ii) Explain the following op amp circuits
(1) Peak detector (2) Clamper (10)
11(i)draw a neat R-2R ladder DAC and explain its principle(6)
(ii) draw a flash type ADC and explain its working(10)
12(i) Explain how to measure phase difference between two signals
(ii) Explain the operation of square wave generator by drawing the capacitor and output voltage
waveforms
13 (i) Draw a sample and hold circuit Explain its operation and indicate its uses
(ii) Describe a circuit which will clip the input signal below a reference voltage
14 (i) Describe the operation of current to voltage converter with appropriate diagrams
(ii) Draw and explain the operation of the following
(i) Triangle wave generator (ii) monostable multivibrator
15 Elaborate on the operation of comparator and describe its applications
16Explain the working principle of RC phase shift sine wave generator using op-amp and derive
expression for f
17 (i) Explain the important specifications of DAC
(ii) With diagrams and example explain the working principle of successive approximation type
ADC
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT IV SPECIAL ICs
SYLLABUS 555 Timer circuit ndash Functional block characteristics amp applications 566-voltage
controlled oscillator circuit 565-phase lock loop circuit functioning and applications Analog multiplier ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 Mention some applications of 555 timer
Oscillator
pulse generator
ramp and square wave generator
burglar alarm
traffic light control
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
FSK generator
Pulse position modulator
Schmitt trigger
2 List the applications of 555 timer in monostable mode of operation
Missing pulse detector
Linear ramp generator
Frequency divider
Pulse width modulation
3 List the applications of 555 timer in Astable mode of operation
FSK generator
Pulse-position modulator
4 Enumerate the basic blocks of IC 555 timer
5 Highlight the features of 555 Timer
available in three packages 8 pin metal can 8 pin dip 14 pin dip
6 What is the use of reset pin of 555 timer
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
This is an interrupt for the timing device when pin 4 is grounded it stops the working of device
and turns it off
7 What is the purpose of control voltage pin (5) of 555 timer This pin is the inverting input terminal of comparator This is reference level for comparator with
which threshold is compared If reference level is other than 23 VCC then external input is to
be given to pin 5 Pulse width modulation is possible due to pin 5
8Write the expression for pulse width of 555 timer in monostable mode Pulse width W = 11 RC seconds
R ndash resistor in ohms C ndash capacitor in farads
9Write the expression for total time period of 555 timer in astable mode T = 0693 (RA + 2 RB) C seconds
10 Define duty cycle
The ratio of high output and low output period is given by a mathematical parameter called duty
cycle It is defined as the ratio of ON Time to total time
11 What is a voltage controlled oscillator V o l t age con t r o l l ed o s c i l l a to r i s a f r e e r u nn in g m ul t i v i b ra to r op e r a t in g a t a
s e t frequency called the free running frequency This frequency can be shifted to
either side by applying a dc control voltage and the frequency deviation is
proportional to the dc control voltage
12 On what parameters does the free running frequency of VCO depend on bullExternal timing resistor RT
bullExternal timing capacitor CT
bullThe dc control voltage Vc
13 Give the expression for the VCO free running frequency
f o= 025 RTCT
14 Define Voltage to Frequency conversion factor Voltage to Frequency conversion factor is defined as
Kv = Δfo ΔVc = Vcc
Where ΔVc is the modulation voltage required to produce the frequency shift Δfo
15 List the features of 566 VCO
-24V)
temperature stability
16 State the function of a PLL
A PLL is a basically a closed loop system designed to lock output frequency and phase to the
frequency and phase of an input signal
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
17 Define lock range capture range and pull in time
Lock range
When PLL is in lock it can trap freq changes in the incoming signal The range of frequencies
over which the PLL can maintain lock with the incoming signal is called as lock range Lock in
range ∆fL = +- 78 fo V fo is free running frequency
Capture range
The range of frequencies over which the PLL can acquire lock with the input signal is called as
capture range Capture range = +- = [∆fL (2prodRC)] 12
Define pull-in time
The total time taken by the PLL to establish lock is called pull-in time
18 List out the blocks of PLL a Frequency multiplicationdivision
b Frequency translation c AM detection
d FM demodulation
e FSK demodulation
19 What is the purpose of having a low pass filter in PLL bullIt removes the high frequency components and noise
bullControls the dynamic characteristics of the PLL such as capture range lock -in
range band-width and transient response
bullThe charge on the filter capacitor gives a short- time memory to the PLL
20 Discuss the effect of having large capture range The PLL cannot acquire a signal outside the capture range but once captured it will hold on till
the frequency goes beyond the lock-in range Thus to increase the ability of lock range large
capture range is required But a large capture range will make the PLL more
susceptible to noise and undesirable signal
21 List the applications of 565 PLL
22 What is a switch type phase detector An electronic switch is opened and closed by signal coming from VCO and the input signal is
chopped at a repetition rate determined by the VCO frequency This type of Phase detector is
called a half wave detector since the phase information for only one half of the input signal is
detected and averaged
23 What are the problems associated with switch type phase detector The output voltage Ve is proportional to the input signal amplitude This is undesirable because
it makes phase detector gain and loop gain dependent on the input signal amplitude The output
is proportional to cosφ making it non linear
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
24 What is analog multiplier
An analog multiplier is a circuit in which the output is proportional to the multiplication of two
input voltages It is used in modulation frequency converters and to solve non-linear equations
25 Mention any two analog multiplier Ics
a) IC AD 533
b) IC AD 534
26 What is ICAD 533
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is a low cost IC comprising a transconductance
multiplying element stable reference and an output amplifier
27 List the features of ICAD533
28 What is ICAD 534List its features
It is a multiplier IC by analog devices It is the first general purpose multiplier capable of
providing gain upto X100
Features
Adjustable scale factor
Low noise
Excellent long time stability
29 Mention the applications of analog multipliers 1 Voltage squarer
2 Frequency doubler
3 Voltage divider
4 Square rooter
5 Phase angle detector
6 Rectifier
30 Explain how a frequency doubler can be realized using analog multiplier The multiplication of two sine waves of the same frequency but of possibly different amplitudes
and phase allows doubling a frequency using an analog multiplier
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1 Explain the functional block diagram of 555timer
2 Explain working of PLL using appropriate block diagram and explain any one application of
the same
3 Draw the block diagram of an Astable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
4 Draw the block diagram of monostable multivibrator using 555timer and derive an expression
for its frequency of oscillation Discuss some applications of 555 timer in monostable mode
5 write short notes on
i) capture range
ii) Lock in range
iii) Pull in time
6 Briefly explain the block diagram of PLL and derive the expression for Lock range and
capture range
7 With a neat functional diagram explain the operation of VCO Also derive an expression for
fodiscuss the applications of PLL
8 What is 555 timer What are the features of 555 timer Explain the monostable mode in detail
With neat block diagram explain IC566 VCO operation and discuss any 2 applications
9 What are the modes of operation of IC555 Derive the expression of time delay of monostable
multivibrator
10 (i)Explain the VCO with neat block diagram Give its typical connection diagram and output
waveforms
(ii)Derive the expression for capture range for PLL where a simple RC network is used as a LPF
11 (i)Explain the working of VCO
(ii)What is PLL Explain its operation as frequency multiplier
12 Explain the astable and bistable operation of IC555 with necessary waveforms
13 With the help of schematic circuit explain the operation of 566 VCO Also derive the
expression for output frequenct
14 (i) List and define the various performance parameters of a Multiplier IC (6)
(ii) How the multiplier is used as voltage divider (5)
(iii) How the multiplier is used as frequency doubler (5)
15 Explain with neat block diagrams how PLL is used as
(i) AM Detector (5)
(ii) FM Detector (5)
(iii) Frequency Synthesizer (6)
16(i) describe in details the characteristics and applications of 555 timer (6)
(ii) Draw a neat block diagram of VCO and explain (10)
17(i) Draw the 565 PLL and explain itrsquos functioning in detail (8)
(ii) Give an account on ldquoAnalog multiplier ICrdquo (8)
18 (i)How is an astable multivibrator connected into a pulse position modulator
(ii) Draw the circuit of Schmitt trigger using 555 timer and explain its operation
19Design and draw the waveforms of a 1KHz square wave generator using 555 timer for duty
cycle (i) D=25 (ii) D=50
20(i) Perform the closed loop analysis of PLL
(ii) Explain any two applications of PLL
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
UNIT V APPLICATION ICs
SYLLABUS IC voltage regulators - LM317 723 regulators switching regulator MA 7840 LM
380 power amplifier ICL 8038 function generator IC isolation amplifiers opto coupler opto
electronic ICs
TWO MARK QUESTIONS
1 What is a voltage regulator
A voltage regulator is an electronic circuit that provides a stable dc voltage independent of the
load current temperature and ac line voltage variations
2 Give the classification of voltage regulators
Series Linear regulators
Switching regulators
3 Write about a linear voltage regulator
Series or linear regulator uses a power transistor connected in series between the unregulated dc
input and the load and it conducts in the linear region The output voltage is controlled by the
continuous voltage drop taking place across the series pass transistor
4 What is a switching regulator
Switching regulators are those which operate the power transistor as a high frequency onoff
switchso that the power transistor does not conduct current continouslyThis give improved
efficiency over series regulators
5 List the advantages of IC voltage regulators
Low cost high reliability reduction in size and excellent performance
6 Give some examples of monolithic IC voltage regulators
78XX series fixed output positive voltage regulators
79XX series fixed output negative voltage regulators
723 general purpose regulator
7 What is the purpose of having input and output capacitors in three terminal IC
regulators
A capacitor connected between the input terminal and ground cancels the inductive effects due to
long distribution leads The output capacitor improves the transient response
8 Define line regulation
Line regulation is defined as the percentage change in the output voltage for a change in the
input voltageIt is expressed in millivolts or as a percentage of the output voltage
9 Define load regulation
Load regulation is defined as the change in output voltage for a change in load current It is
expressed in mill volts or as a percentage of the output voltage
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
10 What is meant by current limiting
Current limiting refers to the ability of a regulator to prevent the load current from increasing
above a preset value
11 Give the drawbacks of linear regulators
The input step down transformer is bulky and expensive because of low line frequency Because
of low line frequency large values of filter capacitors are required to decrease the ripple
Efficiency is reduced due to the continuous power dissipation by the transistor as it operates in
the linear region
12 What is the advantage of switching regulators
Greater efficiency is achieved as the power transistor is made to operate as low impedance
switch Power transmitted across the transistor is in discrete pulses rather than as a steady current
flowBy using suitable switching loss reduction technique the switching frequency can be
increased so as to reduce the size and weight of the inductors and capacitors
13 Why do switching regulators have better efficiency than series regulators
The transistor in linear regulator will operate in linear area at all times Considerable power is
dissipated in linear operation since the transistor has voltage across it and current flowing
through itSince the series element in a switching regulator is either fully conducting(V=0 hence
power=0) or switched off(I=0 hence power=0) it dissipates almost no power this is what gives
the switching design its efficiency
14 What are the advantages of adjustable voltage regulators over the fixed voltage
regulators i) Improved line and load regulation by a factor of 10 or more
ii) Because of the improved overload protection greater load current can be drawn
iii) Improved reliability
15 List out the parameters related to the fixed voltage regulators 1) Line regulation
2) Load regulation
3) Ripple rejection
4) Output impedance
5) Maximum power dissipation
6) Rated output current
16 Define dropout voltage of a fixed voltage regulator It is the minimum voltage that must exist between input and output terminals For most of
regulators it is 2 to 3 volts
17 What is an opto-coupler IC
Opto-coupler IC is a combined package of a photo-emitting device and a photo-sensing device
14 What are the types of opto couplers
LED and a photo diode
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
LED and photo transistor
LED and Darlington
15 Give two examples of IC optocouplers
Examples for opto-coupler IC
MCT 2F
16 Mention the advantages of opto-couplers
Better isolation between the two stages
Impedance problem between the stages is eliminated
Wide frequency response
Easily interfaced with digital circuit
Compact and light weight
Problems such as noise transients contact bounce are eliminated
17 Specify the need for isolation amplifier
Isolation amplifiers provide electrical isolation and an electrical safety barrier They protect data
acquisition components from common mode voltages which are potential differences between
instrument ground and signal ground Instruments that are applied in the presence of a common
mode voltage without an isolation barrier allow ground currents to circulate leading in the best
case to a noisy representation of the signal under investigation In the worst case assuming that
the magnitude of common mode voltage or current is sufficient instrument destruction is likely
Isolation amplifiers are used in medical instruments to ensure isolation of a patient from power
supply leakage current
18What are the features of MA78s40
Step upstep down or inverting operation
Operation from 25 to 40 V
80Db line and load regulation
19List the important parts of a regulated power supply
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
(i) Transformer (ii) Rectifier (iii) Filter (iv)Regulator
20 Using LM380 draw the circuit for audio power amplifier
21 What are onetwo and four quadrant multipliers
A four-quadrant multiplier is one where inputs and outputs may swing positive and negative
Many multipliers only work in 2 quadrants (one input may only have one polarity) or single
quadrant (inputs and outputs have only one polarity usually all positive)
22 List the parameters of optocoupler
a Current transfer ratio
b Isolation voltage
c Response time
d Common mode rejection
23Why current boosting is done in 723 regulator
The maximum current capability of 723 regulator is 140mA In certain applications this value of
current is not sufficient Hence current boosting is done using series pass transistor
24 What are the limitations of three terminal regulator
1 For fixed output regulators the output voltage is not precise
2 Only selected values of output voltages are available
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
3 Current boosting by external series pass transistor is required if load current beyond the
capability of basic regulator is required
25 Draw the typical connection diagram of IC LM317
26 What is the function od a series pass transistor in voltage regulator
The series pass transistor acsts as a control element The value of VcE gets adjusted in such a
way that the output voltage of the regulator always remains constant In addition the series pass
transistor supplies the load current
16 MARK QUESTIONS
1Draw and explain the functional block diagram of 723 voltage regulator and how this IC can be
used as high voltage regulator
2Write an explanatory note on
(i) Power amplifier (ii) Isolation amplifier
3 With neat diagrams explain the working of switched mode power supply
4 Write brief notes on
(i)IC MA 7840
(ii) Optocoupler
5 (i)Explain the working of series voltage regulator
(ii)Write notes on optocoupler
6 What is a switching regulator With neat block diagram explain the internals of MA7840
7 Draw the functional block diagram of IC 723 and explain
8 Explain with the help of functional block diagram the working of voltage regulator IC723
Clearly explain how current limit and foldback type current limiting facility can be provided with
723 circuits
9 Draw the circuit of series voltage regulator Design this circuit to operate from a supply of 20v
and to provide an output of 12V with maximum load current of 40mA
10 Draw the functional diagram of ICL 8038 Function generator IC and explain its operation
Give its frequency of oscillation at the output
11 (i) With neat diagram explain the working principle of isolation amplifier (8)
(ii) With neat diagram explain the principle of operation of optocouplers (8)
12 With the help of neat circuit diagram explain the operation of an adjustable regulator using
LM317
13 State the features and applications of IC LM 380 and explain them
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs
Prepared by PNeeraja Jansons Institute of Technology Coimbatore
14 Design a waveform generator using IC8038 The frequency of oscillation is 5kHz and duty
cycle is 50 From data sheet Vcc=5V VoH=36V VoL=02V ILL=16mA ILH=409uA
15 (i) Design low voltage regulator using IC 723 for 5V and explain its characteristics
(ii) Describe the features of function generator IC
(iii)Write short notes on optocoupler ICs